Download Anna University B-Tech CE?5th Sem Survey Lab Manual Question Paper

Download Anna University B.Tech (Bachelor of Technology) CE?(Civil Engineering) 5th Sem Survey Lab Manual Question Paper.

.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams





FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37





FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:





FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:




FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?




FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point


24 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Formulae:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First R

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =







Result:
Closing error =
R.L. for the given points =

Outcome:
Knowing error rectify technique about field measurement values.


Staff station B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks






FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point


24 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Formulae:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First R

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =







Result:
Closing error =
R.L. for the given points =

Outcome:
Knowing error rectify technique about field measurement values.


Staff station B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








25 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the types of traverse?
2. What are variation of declinations
3. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
4. What is plane tabling?
5. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling?
6. What is levelling?
7. How leveling is done using foot screws?
8. What is fly levelling?
9. Name the different types of bench marks.
10. What are the different types of leveling staves?
11. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
12. What is fore sight?
13. What is back sight?
14. What is change point?
15. What is profile levelling?


Viva- voce
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point


24 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Formulae:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First R

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =







Result:
Closing error =
R.L. for the given points =

Outcome:
Knowing error rectify technique about field measurement values.


Staff station B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








25 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the types of traverse?
2. What are variation of declinations
3. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
4. What is plane tabling?
5. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling?
6. What is levelling?
7. How leveling is done using foot screws?
8. What is fly levelling?
9. Name the different types of bench marks.
10. What are the different types of leveling staves?
11. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
12. What is fore sight?
13. What is back sight?
14. What is change point?
15. What is profile levelling?


Viva- voce


26 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 06 LEVELLING - NGITUDINAL SECTIONING LO
AND CROSS SECTIONING
Aim:
To plot the profile of the longitudinal and cross section for an existing road, embankment, etc
Instruments required:
1. Level with tripod
2. Ranging rods
3. Leveling staff
4. Chain
5. Cross staff
6. Arrows
7. Pegs.
Procedure (Longitudinal sectioning):
1. Fix the centre line by ranging and chaining.
2. Set up the instrument at suitable position and do all the initial adjustments.
3. Place the staff at frequent intervals over the central line (say 5m) and enter the readings
correctly.
4. Set the bubble for its centre of run at each and every point.
5. If necessary, shift the instrument to some other place and take B.S as well as F.S. at change
points.
6. Do the calibration to find the R.L. for different points.








FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point


24 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Formulae:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First R

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =







Result:
Closing error =
R.L. for the given points =

Outcome:
Knowing error rectify technique about field measurement values.


Staff station B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








25 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the types of traverse?
2. What are variation of declinations
3. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
4. What is plane tabling?
5. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling?
6. What is levelling?
7. How leveling is done using foot screws?
8. What is fly levelling?
9. Name the different types of bench marks.
10. What are the different types of leveling staves?
11. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
12. What is fore sight?
13. What is back sight?
14. What is change point?
15. What is profile levelling?


Viva- voce


26 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 06 LEVELLING - NGITUDINAL SECTIONING LO
AND CROSS SECTIONING
Aim:
To plot the profile of the longitudinal and cross section for an existing road, embankment, etc
Instruments required:
1. Level with tripod
2. Ranging rods
3. Leveling staff
4. Chain
5. Cross staff
6. Arrows
7. Pegs.
Procedure (Longitudinal sectioning):
1. Fix the centre line by ranging and chaining.
2. Set up the instrument at suitable position and do all the initial adjustments.
3. Place the staff at frequent intervals over the central line (say 5m) and enter the readings
correctly.
4. Set the bubble for its centre of run at each and every point.
5. If necessary, shift the instrument to some other place and take B.S as well as F.S. at change
points.
6. Do the calibration to find the R.L. for different points.










27 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Longitudinal sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff station Distance B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks




















FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point


24 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Formulae:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First R

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =







Result:
Closing error =
R.L. for the given points =

Outcome:
Knowing error rectify technique about field measurement values.


Staff station B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








25 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the types of traverse?
2. What are variation of declinations
3. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
4. What is plane tabling?
5. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling?
6. What is levelling?
7. How leveling is done using foot screws?
8. What is fly levelling?
9. Name the different types of bench marks.
10. What are the different types of leveling staves?
11. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
12. What is fore sight?
13. What is back sight?
14. What is change point?
15. What is profile levelling?


Viva- voce


26 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 06 LEVELLING - NGITUDINAL SECTIONING LO
AND CROSS SECTIONING
Aim:
To plot the profile of the longitudinal and cross section for an existing road, embankment, etc
Instruments required:
1. Level with tripod
2. Ranging rods
3. Leveling staff
4. Chain
5. Cross staff
6. Arrows
7. Pegs.
Procedure (Longitudinal sectioning):
1. Fix the centre line by ranging and chaining.
2. Set up the instrument at suitable position and do all the initial adjustments.
3. Place the staff at frequent intervals over the central line (say 5m) and enter the readings
correctly.
4. Set the bubble for its centre of run at each and every point.
5. If necessary, shift the instrument to some other place and take B.S as well as F.S. at change
points.
6. Do the calibration to find the R.L. for different points.










27 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Longitudinal sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff station Distance B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks






















28 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Graph:

Procedure (Cross sectioning):
1. Align the centre of the bund using ranging and chaining.
2. Fix the longitudinal intervals along the central line depending upon the nature of ground (say 5
or 10m) and let it be C1,C2,C3???.Cn
3. At each longitudinal interval fix cross section intervals perpendicular to the centre line using
cross staff or optical square to a suitable distance depending upon the nature of slope of the
bund (say 1 to 5m) on each side.
4. Set up the instrument at a suitable position the mostlowest point and most highest point can be
focused.
5. Do all the initial adjustments.
6. Turn the telescope and note down the readings as follows
7. The readings along the centre of the bund is recorded as C1,C2,C3???Cn.
8. The readings taken on right side of the centre line is recorded as R1,R2,R3??.Rn and the left
side as L1,L2,L3?.Ln.
9. Shift the instrument if necessary to some other place. Put change the point and repeat the
above procedure.
10. Find the R.L for each and every point by any one of the method.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point


24 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Formulae:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First R

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =







Result:
Closing error =
R.L. for the given points =

Outcome:
Knowing error rectify technique about field measurement values.


Staff station B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








25 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the types of traverse?
2. What are variation of declinations
3. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
4. What is plane tabling?
5. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling?
6. What is levelling?
7. How leveling is done using foot screws?
8. What is fly levelling?
9. Name the different types of bench marks.
10. What are the different types of leveling staves?
11. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
12. What is fore sight?
13. What is back sight?
14. What is change point?
15. What is profile levelling?


Viva- voce


26 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 06 LEVELLING - NGITUDINAL SECTIONING LO
AND CROSS SECTIONING
Aim:
To plot the profile of the longitudinal and cross section for an existing road, embankment, etc
Instruments required:
1. Level with tripod
2. Ranging rods
3. Leveling staff
4. Chain
5. Cross staff
6. Arrows
7. Pegs.
Procedure (Longitudinal sectioning):
1. Fix the centre line by ranging and chaining.
2. Set up the instrument at suitable position and do all the initial adjustments.
3. Place the staff at frequent intervals over the central line (say 5m) and enter the readings
correctly.
4. Set the bubble for its centre of run at each and every point.
5. If necessary, shift the instrument to some other place and take B.S as well as F.S. at change
points.
6. Do the calibration to find the R.L. for different points.










27 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Longitudinal sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff station Distance B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks






















28 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Graph:

Procedure (Cross sectioning):
1. Align the centre of the bund using ranging and chaining.
2. Fix the longitudinal intervals along the central line depending upon the nature of ground (say 5
or 10m) and let it be C1,C2,C3???.Cn
3. At each longitudinal interval fix cross section intervals perpendicular to the centre line using
cross staff or optical square to a suitable distance depending upon the nature of slope of the
bund (say 1 to 5m) on each side.
4. Set up the instrument at a suitable position the mostlowest point and most highest point can be
focused.
5. Do all the initial adjustments.
6. Turn the telescope and note down the readings as follows
7. The readings along the centre of the bund is recorded as C1,C2,C3???Cn.
8. The readings taken on right side of the centre line is recorded as R1,R2,R3??.Rn and the left
side as L1,L2,L3?.Ln.
9. Shift the instrument if necessary to some other place. Put change the point and repeat the
above procedure.
10. Find the R.L for each and every point by any one of the method.


29 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Observation:
Cross sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff
station
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks
Left centre right
























FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point


24 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Formulae:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First R

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =







Result:
Closing error =
R.L. for the given points =

Outcome:
Knowing error rectify technique about field measurement values.


Staff station B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








25 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the types of traverse?
2. What are variation of declinations
3. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
4. What is plane tabling?
5. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling?
6. What is levelling?
7. How leveling is done using foot screws?
8. What is fly levelling?
9. Name the different types of bench marks.
10. What are the different types of leveling staves?
11. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
12. What is fore sight?
13. What is back sight?
14. What is change point?
15. What is profile levelling?


Viva- voce


26 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 06 LEVELLING - NGITUDINAL SECTIONING LO
AND CROSS SECTIONING
Aim:
To plot the profile of the longitudinal and cross section for an existing road, embankment, etc
Instruments required:
1. Level with tripod
2. Ranging rods
3. Leveling staff
4. Chain
5. Cross staff
6. Arrows
7. Pegs.
Procedure (Longitudinal sectioning):
1. Fix the centre line by ranging and chaining.
2. Set up the instrument at suitable position and do all the initial adjustments.
3. Place the staff at frequent intervals over the central line (say 5m) and enter the readings
correctly.
4. Set the bubble for its centre of run at each and every point.
5. If necessary, shift the instrument to some other place and take B.S as well as F.S. at change
points.
6. Do the calibration to find the R.L. for different points.










27 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Longitudinal sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff station Distance B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks






















28 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Graph:

Procedure (Cross sectioning):
1. Align the centre of the bund using ranging and chaining.
2. Fix the longitudinal intervals along the central line depending upon the nature of ground (say 5
or 10m) and let it be C1,C2,C3???.Cn
3. At each longitudinal interval fix cross section intervals perpendicular to the centre line using
cross staff or optical square to a suitable distance depending upon the nature of slope of the
bund (say 1 to 5m) on each side.
4. Set up the instrument at a suitable position the mostlowest point and most highest point can be
focused.
5. Do all the initial adjustments.
6. Turn the telescope and note down the readings as follows
7. The readings along the centre of the bund is recorded as C1,C2,C3???Cn.
8. The readings taken on right side of the centre line is recorded as R1,R2,R3??.Rn and the left
side as L1,L2,L3?.Ln.
9. Shift the instrument if necessary to some other place. Put change the point and repeat the
above procedure.
10. Find the R.L for each and every point by any one of the method.


29 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Observation:
Cross sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff
station
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks
Left centre right


























30 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
1. The longitudinal and cross section of the given road is thus plotted.
2. Volume of the earth work estimated = ??????.

Outcome
Gain the ability to plot the longitudinal and cross section of roads



1. What is meant by leveling?
2. What is the principle of leveling?
3. What are the types of level?
4. What are the major parts of theodolite?
5. What is Transiting of Telescope?
6. What is face right observations?
7. What is meant by transit?
8. What are the uses of tangential screw provided for the adjustments in a transit theodolite?
9. Write short notes on face left and face right of the theodolite.
10. List out the essential qualities of a theodolite telescope.




















Viva- voce
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point


24 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Formulae:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First R

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =







Result:
Closing error =
R.L. for the given points =

Outcome:
Knowing error rectify technique about field measurement values.


Staff station B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








25 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the types of traverse?
2. What are variation of declinations
3. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
4. What is plane tabling?
5. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling?
6. What is levelling?
7. How leveling is done using foot screws?
8. What is fly levelling?
9. Name the different types of bench marks.
10. What are the different types of leveling staves?
11. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
12. What is fore sight?
13. What is back sight?
14. What is change point?
15. What is profile levelling?


Viva- voce


26 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 06 LEVELLING - NGITUDINAL SECTIONING LO
AND CROSS SECTIONING
Aim:
To plot the profile of the longitudinal and cross section for an existing road, embankment, etc
Instruments required:
1. Level with tripod
2. Ranging rods
3. Leveling staff
4. Chain
5. Cross staff
6. Arrows
7. Pegs.
Procedure (Longitudinal sectioning):
1. Fix the centre line by ranging and chaining.
2. Set up the instrument at suitable position and do all the initial adjustments.
3. Place the staff at frequent intervals over the central line (say 5m) and enter the readings
correctly.
4. Set the bubble for its centre of run at each and every point.
5. If necessary, shift the instrument to some other place and take B.S as well as F.S. at change
points.
6. Do the calibration to find the R.L. for different points.










27 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Longitudinal sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff station Distance B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks






















28 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Graph:

Procedure (Cross sectioning):
1. Align the centre of the bund using ranging and chaining.
2. Fix the longitudinal intervals along the central line depending upon the nature of ground (say 5
or 10m) and let it be C1,C2,C3???.Cn
3. At each longitudinal interval fix cross section intervals perpendicular to the centre line using
cross staff or optical square to a suitable distance depending upon the nature of slope of the
bund (say 1 to 5m) on each side.
4. Set up the instrument at a suitable position the mostlowest point and most highest point can be
focused.
5. Do all the initial adjustments.
6. Turn the telescope and note down the readings as follows
7. The readings along the centre of the bund is recorded as C1,C2,C3???Cn.
8. The readings taken on right side of the centre line is recorded as R1,R2,R3??.Rn and the left
side as L1,L2,L3?.Ln.
9. Shift the instrument if necessary to some other place. Put change the point and repeat the
above procedure.
10. Find the R.L for each and every point by any one of the method.


29 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Observation:
Cross sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff
station
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks
Left centre right


























30 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
1. The longitudinal and cross section of the given road is thus plotted.
2. Volume of the earth work estimated = ??????.

Outcome
Gain the ability to plot the longitudinal and cross section of roads



1. What is meant by leveling?
2. What is the principle of leveling?
3. What are the types of level?
4. What are the major parts of theodolite?
5. What is Transiting of Telescope?
6. What is face right observations?
7. What is meant by transit?
8. What are the uses of tangential screw provided for the adjustments in a transit theodolite?
9. Write short notes on face left and face right of the theodolite.
10. List out the essential qualities of a theodolite telescope.




















Viva- voce


31 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt . .No 07 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING (RADIATION)
Aim:
To locate the object from a single station and to find the area of the given polygon
Instruments Required:
1. Plane table with stand
2. Tape
3. Trough compass
4. Alidade
5. Spirit level
6. Plumbing fork with plumb bob
7. Arrows
8. Ranging rod and
9. Measuring.
Diagram:
















FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point


24 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Formulae:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First R

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =







Result:
Closing error =
R.L. for the given points =

Outcome:
Knowing error rectify technique about field measurement values.


Staff station B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








25 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the types of traverse?
2. What are variation of declinations
3. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
4. What is plane tabling?
5. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling?
6. What is levelling?
7. How leveling is done using foot screws?
8. What is fly levelling?
9. Name the different types of bench marks.
10. What are the different types of leveling staves?
11. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
12. What is fore sight?
13. What is back sight?
14. What is change point?
15. What is profile levelling?


Viva- voce


26 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 06 LEVELLING - NGITUDINAL SECTIONING LO
AND CROSS SECTIONING
Aim:
To plot the profile of the longitudinal and cross section for an existing road, embankment, etc
Instruments required:
1. Level with tripod
2. Ranging rods
3. Leveling staff
4. Chain
5. Cross staff
6. Arrows
7. Pegs.
Procedure (Longitudinal sectioning):
1. Fix the centre line by ranging and chaining.
2. Set up the instrument at suitable position and do all the initial adjustments.
3. Place the staff at frequent intervals over the central line (say 5m) and enter the readings
correctly.
4. Set the bubble for its centre of run at each and every point.
5. If necessary, shift the instrument to some other place and take B.S as well as F.S. at change
points.
6. Do the calibration to find the R.L. for different points.










27 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Longitudinal sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff station Distance B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks






















28 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Graph:

Procedure (Cross sectioning):
1. Align the centre of the bund using ranging and chaining.
2. Fix the longitudinal intervals along the central line depending upon the nature of ground (say 5
or 10m) and let it be C1,C2,C3???.Cn
3. At each longitudinal interval fix cross section intervals perpendicular to the centre line using
cross staff or optical square to a suitable distance depending upon the nature of slope of the
bund (say 1 to 5m) on each side.
4. Set up the instrument at a suitable position the mostlowest point and most highest point can be
focused.
5. Do all the initial adjustments.
6. Turn the telescope and note down the readings as follows
7. The readings along the centre of the bund is recorded as C1,C2,C3???Cn.
8. The readings taken on right side of the centre line is recorded as R1,R2,R3??.Rn and the left
side as L1,L2,L3?.Ln.
9. Shift the instrument if necessary to some other place. Put change the point and repeat the
above procedure.
10. Find the R.L for each and every point by any one of the method.


29 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Observation:
Cross sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff
station
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks
Left centre right


























30 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
1. The longitudinal and cross section of the given road is thus plotted.
2. Volume of the earth work estimated = ??????.

Outcome
Gain the ability to plot the longitudinal and cross section of roads



1. What is meant by leveling?
2. What is the principle of leveling?
3. What are the types of level?
4. What are the major parts of theodolite?
5. What is Transiting of Telescope?
6. What is face right observations?
7. What is meant by transit?
8. What are the uses of tangential screw provided for the adjustments in a transit theodolite?
9. Write short notes on face left and face right of the theodolite.
10. List out the essential qualities of a theodolite telescope.




















Viva- voce


31 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt . .No 07 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING (RADIATION)
Aim:
To locate the object from a single station and to find the area of the given polygon
Instruments Required:
1. Plane table with stand
2. Tape
3. Trough compass
4. Alidade
5. Spirit level
6. Plumbing fork with plumb bob
7. Arrows
8. Ranging rod and
9. Measuring.
Diagram:


















32 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Theory:
When from a single set of plane table on instrument station different details are located on the sheet,
the method is known as radiation method In this method the rays are drawn from the instrument station
to the point to be located, then the distances are measured from the instruments station to the point and
the position of the each point is plotted on the sheet using a suitable scale.

Procedure:
1. Select the position of the table where it is be set so that all the points to be located are visible
from it. Let ?O? be the position of such a point on the ground.
2. Set the plane table over this point and level it. Draw the North line in the top corner of sheet by
means of trough compass at the table.
3. Draw the ray along the fiducial edge. Measure the distance of this point from the instrument
station by means of tape and plot the point ?a? corresponding to point ?A? in the field to scale in
the sheet.
4. Similarly sight other points such as B, C, D, E etc. and measure their distances from the
instrument station. Plot them to scale to get their position on the sheet such as b, c, d etc. on
the sheet.
5. Now transfer the position of the point ?O? on the ground to the sheet by means of the plumbing
fork. The point ?O? will represent point ?o? will represent point ?O?on the ground.

Calculations:
The outline of the profile is plotted as shown = ) )( )( ( c s b s a s s ? ? ?
= S

Result:
The object from a single station where located and the enclosed area of the given polygon is
calculated. Area of the polygon ABCDE =

Outcome:
Understood the field computations and measurement

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point


24 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Formulae:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First R

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =







Result:
Closing error =
R.L. for the given points =

Outcome:
Knowing error rectify technique about field measurement values.


Staff station B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








25 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the types of traverse?
2. What are variation of declinations
3. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
4. What is plane tabling?
5. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling?
6. What is levelling?
7. How leveling is done using foot screws?
8. What is fly levelling?
9. Name the different types of bench marks.
10. What are the different types of leveling staves?
11. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
12. What is fore sight?
13. What is back sight?
14. What is change point?
15. What is profile levelling?


Viva- voce


26 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 06 LEVELLING - NGITUDINAL SECTIONING LO
AND CROSS SECTIONING
Aim:
To plot the profile of the longitudinal and cross section for an existing road, embankment, etc
Instruments required:
1. Level with tripod
2. Ranging rods
3. Leveling staff
4. Chain
5. Cross staff
6. Arrows
7. Pegs.
Procedure (Longitudinal sectioning):
1. Fix the centre line by ranging and chaining.
2. Set up the instrument at suitable position and do all the initial adjustments.
3. Place the staff at frequent intervals over the central line (say 5m) and enter the readings
correctly.
4. Set the bubble for its centre of run at each and every point.
5. If necessary, shift the instrument to some other place and take B.S as well as F.S. at change
points.
6. Do the calibration to find the R.L. for different points.










27 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Longitudinal sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff station Distance B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks






















28 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Graph:

Procedure (Cross sectioning):
1. Align the centre of the bund using ranging and chaining.
2. Fix the longitudinal intervals along the central line depending upon the nature of ground (say 5
or 10m) and let it be C1,C2,C3???.Cn
3. At each longitudinal interval fix cross section intervals perpendicular to the centre line using
cross staff or optical square to a suitable distance depending upon the nature of slope of the
bund (say 1 to 5m) on each side.
4. Set up the instrument at a suitable position the mostlowest point and most highest point can be
focused.
5. Do all the initial adjustments.
6. Turn the telescope and note down the readings as follows
7. The readings along the centre of the bund is recorded as C1,C2,C3???Cn.
8. The readings taken on right side of the centre line is recorded as R1,R2,R3??.Rn and the left
side as L1,L2,L3?.Ln.
9. Shift the instrument if necessary to some other place. Put change the point and repeat the
above procedure.
10. Find the R.L for each and every point by any one of the method.


29 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Observation:
Cross sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff
station
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks
Left centre right


























30 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
1. The longitudinal and cross section of the given road is thus plotted.
2. Volume of the earth work estimated = ??????.

Outcome
Gain the ability to plot the longitudinal and cross section of roads



1. What is meant by leveling?
2. What is the principle of leveling?
3. What are the types of level?
4. What are the major parts of theodolite?
5. What is Transiting of Telescope?
6. What is face right observations?
7. What is meant by transit?
8. What are the uses of tangential screw provided for the adjustments in a transit theodolite?
9. Write short notes on face left and face right of the theodolite.
10. List out the essential qualities of a theodolite telescope.




















Viva- voce


31 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt . .No 07 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING (RADIATION)
Aim:
To locate the object from a single station and to find the area of the given polygon
Instruments Required:
1. Plane table with stand
2. Tape
3. Trough compass
4. Alidade
5. Spirit level
6. Plumbing fork with plumb bob
7. Arrows
8. Ranging rod and
9. Measuring.
Diagram:


















32 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Theory:
When from a single set of plane table on instrument station different details are located on the sheet,
the method is known as radiation method In this method the rays are drawn from the instrument station
to the point to be located, then the distances are measured from the instruments station to the point and
the position of the each point is plotted on the sheet using a suitable scale.

Procedure:
1. Select the position of the table where it is be set so that all the points to be located are visible
from it. Let ?O? be the position of such a point on the ground.
2. Set the plane table over this point and level it. Draw the North line in the top corner of sheet by
means of trough compass at the table.
3. Draw the ray along the fiducial edge. Measure the distance of this point from the instrument
station by means of tape and plot the point ?a? corresponding to point ?A? in the field to scale in
the sheet.
4. Similarly sight other points such as B, C, D, E etc. and measure their distances from the
instrument station. Plot them to scale to get their position on the sheet such as b, c, d etc. on
the sheet.
5. Now transfer the position of the point ?O? on the ground to the sheet by means of the plumbing
fork. The point ?O? will represent point ?o? will represent point ?O?on the ground.

Calculations:
The outline of the profile is plotted as shown = ) )( )( ( c s b s a s s ? ? ?
= S

Result:
The object from a single station where located and the enclosed area of the given polygon is
calculated. Area of the polygon ABCDE =

Outcome:
Understood the field computations and measurement



33 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00






1. What are the equipments used in plane tabling?
2. What are the methods of plane tabling?
3. What is leveling?
4. What is the principle of leveling?
5. Mention the types of level.
6. What are vertical controls in setting out works?
7. What are transition curves?
8. Draw a neat sketch showing a simple circular curve and show essential notations.
9. What are the various special conditions confronted in the underground surveys?
10. What is the versed sine of a curved? Express it mathematically.
11. What is mass diagram? Why it is prepared?
12. What is tangent length in a simple curve?
13. What is mid-ordinate in a simple curve?
14. What are the two instruments used for mine surveying
15. How leveling is done using foot screws















Viva - voce
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point


24 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Formulae:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First R

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =







Result:
Closing error =
R.L. for the given points =

Outcome:
Knowing error rectify technique about field measurement values.


Staff station B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








25 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the types of traverse?
2. What are variation of declinations
3. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
4. What is plane tabling?
5. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling?
6. What is levelling?
7. How leveling is done using foot screws?
8. What is fly levelling?
9. Name the different types of bench marks.
10. What are the different types of leveling staves?
11. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
12. What is fore sight?
13. What is back sight?
14. What is change point?
15. What is profile levelling?


Viva- voce


26 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 06 LEVELLING - NGITUDINAL SECTIONING LO
AND CROSS SECTIONING
Aim:
To plot the profile of the longitudinal and cross section for an existing road, embankment, etc
Instruments required:
1. Level with tripod
2. Ranging rods
3. Leveling staff
4. Chain
5. Cross staff
6. Arrows
7. Pegs.
Procedure (Longitudinal sectioning):
1. Fix the centre line by ranging and chaining.
2. Set up the instrument at suitable position and do all the initial adjustments.
3. Place the staff at frequent intervals over the central line (say 5m) and enter the readings
correctly.
4. Set the bubble for its centre of run at each and every point.
5. If necessary, shift the instrument to some other place and take B.S as well as F.S. at change
points.
6. Do the calibration to find the R.L. for different points.










27 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Longitudinal sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff station Distance B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks






















28 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Graph:

Procedure (Cross sectioning):
1. Align the centre of the bund using ranging and chaining.
2. Fix the longitudinal intervals along the central line depending upon the nature of ground (say 5
or 10m) and let it be C1,C2,C3???.Cn
3. At each longitudinal interval fix cross section intervals perpendicular to the centre line using
cross staff or optical square to a suitable distance depending upon the nature of slope of the
bund (say 1 to 5m) on each side.
4. Set up the instrument at a suitable position the mostlowest point and most highest point can be
focused.
5. Do all the initial adjustments.
6. Turn the telescope and note down the readings as follows
7. The readings along the centre of the bund is recorded as C1,C2,C3???Cn.
8. The readings taken on right side of the centre line is recorded as R1,R2,R3??.Rn and the left
side as L1,L2,L3?.Ln.
9. Shift the instrument if necessary to some other place. Put change the point and repeat the
above procedure.
10. Find the R.L for each and every point by any one of the method.


29 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Observation:
Cross sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff
station
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks
Left centre right


























30 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
1. The longitudinal and cross section of the given road is thus plotted.
2. Volume of the earth work estimated = ??????.

Outcome
Gain the ability to plot the longitudinal and cross section of roads



1. What is meant by leveling?
2. What is the principle of leveling?
3. What are the types of level?
4. What are the major parts of theodolite?
5. What is Transiting of Telescope?
6. What is face right observations?
7. What is meant by transit?
8. What are the uses of tangential screw provided for the adjustments in a transit theodolite?
9. Write short notes on face left and face right of the theodolite.
10. List out the essential qualities of a theodolite telescope.




















Viva- voce


31 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt . .No 07 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING (RADIATION)
Aim:
To locate the object from a single station and to find the area of the given polygon
Instruments Required:
1. Plane table with stand
2. Tape
3. Trough compass
4. Alidade
5. Spirit level
6. Plumbing fork with plumb bob
7. Arrows
8. Ranging rod and
9. Measuring.
Diagram:


















32 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Theory:
When from a single set of plane table on instrument station different details are located on the sheet,
the method is known as radiation method In this method the rays are drawn from the instrument station
to the point to be located, then the distances are measured from the instruments station to the point and
the position of the each point is plotted on the sheet using a suitable scale.

Procedure:
1. Select the position of the table where it is be set so that all the points to be located are visible
from it. Let ?O? be the position of such a point on the ground.
2. Set the plane table over this point and level it. Draw the North line in the top corner of sheet by
means of trough compass at the table.
3. Draw the ray along the fiducial edge. Measure the distance of this point from the instrument
station by means of tape and plot the point ?a? corresponding to point ?A? in the field to scale in
the sheet.
4. Similarly sight other points such as B, C, D, E etc. and measure their distances from the
instrument station. Plot them to scale to get their position on the sheet such as b, c, d etc. on
the sheet.
5. Now transfer the position of the point ?O? on the ground to the sheet by means of the plumbing
fork. The point ?O? will represent point ?o? will represent point ?O?on the ground.

Calculations:
The outline of the profile is plotted as shown = ) )( )( ( c s b s a s s ? ? ?
= S

Result:
The object from a single station where located and the enclosed area of the given polygon is
calculated. Area of the polygon ABCDE =

Outcome:
Understood the field computations and measurement



33 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00






1. What are the equipments used in plane tabling?
2. What are the methods of plane tabling?
3. What is leveling?
4. What is the principle of leveling?
5. Mention the types of level.
6. What are vertical controls in setting out works?
7. What are transition curves?
8. Draw a neat sketch showing a simple circular curve and show essential notations.
9. What are the various special conditions confronted in the underground surveys?
10. What is the versed sine of a curved? Express it mathematically.
11. What is mass diagram? Why it is prepared?
12. What is tangent length in a simple curve?
13. What is mid-ordinate in a simple curve?
14. What are the two instruments used for mine surveying
15. How leveling is done using foot screws















Viva - voce


34 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. PLANE TABLE TRAVERSING 08
Aim:
To run survey lines between various field objects by traversing

Instruments Required:
1. Plane table with accessories
2. Tape
3. ranging rods

Diagram:


















FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point


24 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Formulae:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First R

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =







Result:
Closing error =
R.L. for the given points =

Outcome:
Knowing error rectify technique about field measurement values.


Staff station B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








25 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the types of traverse?
2. What are variation of declinations
3. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
4. What is plane tabling?
5. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling?
6. What is levelling?
7. How leveling is done using foot screws?
8. What is fly levelling?
9. Name the different types of bench marks.
10. What are the different types of leveling staves?
11. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
12. What is fore sight?
13. What is back sight?
14. What is change point?
15. What is profile levelling?


Viva- voce


26 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 06 LEVELLING - NGITUDINAL SECTIONING LO
AND CROSS SECTIONING
Aim:
To plot the profile of the longitudinal and cross section for an existing road, embankment, etc
Instruments required:
1. Level with tripod
2. Ranging rods
3. Leveling staff
4. Chain
5. Cross staff
6. Arrows
7. Pegs.
Procedure (Longitudinal sectioning):
1. Fix the centre line by ranging and chaining.
2. Set up the instrument at suitable position and do all the initial adjustments.
3. Place the staff at frequent intervals over the central line (say 5m) and enter the readings
correctly.
4. Set the bubble for its centre of run at each and every point.
5. If necessary, shift the instrument to some other place and take B.S as well as F.S. at change
points.
6. Do the calibration to find the R.L. for different points.










27 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Longitudinal sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff station Distance B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks






















28 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Graph:

Procedure (Cross sectioning):
1. Align the centre of the bund using ranging and chaining.
2. Fix the longitudinal intervals along the central line depending upon the nature of ground (say 5
or 10m) and let it be C1,C2,C3???.Cn
3. At each longitudinal interval fix cross section intervals perpendicular to the centre line using
cross staff or optical square to a suitable distance depending upon the nature of slope of the
bund (say 1 to 5m) on each side.
4. Set up the instrument at a suitable position the mostlowest point and most highest point can be
focused.
5. Do all the initial adjustments.
6. Turn the telescope and note down the readings as follows
7. The readings along the centre of the bund is recorded as C1,C2,C3???Cn.
8. The readings taken on right side of the centre line is recorded as R1,R2,R3??.Rn and the left
side as L1,L2,L3?.Ln.
9. Shift the instrument if necessary to some other place. Put change the point and repeat the
above procedure.
10. Find the R.L for each and every point by any one of the method.


29 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Observation:
Cross sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff
station
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks
Left centre right


























30 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
1. The longitudinal and cross section of the given road is thus plotted.
2. Volume of the earth work estimated = ??????.

Outcome
Gain the ability to plot the longitudinal and cross section of roads



1. What is meant by leveling?
2. What is the principle of leveling?
3. What are the types of level?
4. What are the major parts of theodolite?
5. What is Transiting of Telescope?
6. What is face right observations?
7. What is meant by transit?
8. What are the uses of tangential screw provided for the adjustments in a transit theodolite?
9. Write short notes on face left and face right of the theodolite.
10. List out the essential qualities of a theodolite telescope.




















Viva- voce


31 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt . .No 07 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING (RADIATION)
Aim:
To locate the object from a single station and to find the area of the given polygon
Instruments Required:
1. Plane table with stand
2. Tape
3. Trough compass
4. Alidade
5. Spirit level
6. Plumbing fork with plumb bob
7. Arrows
8. Ranging rod and
9. Measuring.
Diagram:


















32 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Theory:
When from a single set of plane table on instrument station different details are located on the sheet,
the method is known as radiation method In this method the rays are drawn from the instrument station
to the point to be located, then the distances are measured from the instruments station to the point and
the position of the each point is plotted on the sheet using a suitable scale.

Procedure:
1. Select the position of the table where it is be set so that all the points to be located are visible
from it. Let ?O? be the position of such a point on the ground.
2. Set the plane table over this point and level it. Draw the North line in the top corner of sheet by
means of trough compass at the table.
3. Draw the ray along the fiducial edge. Measure the distance of this point from the instrument
station by means of tape and plot the point ?a? corresponding to point ?A? in the field to scale in
the sheet.
4. Similarly sight other points such as B, C, D, E etc. and measure their distances from the
instrument station. Plot them to scale to get their position on the sheet such as b, c, d etc. on
the sheet.
5. Now transfer the position of the point ?O? on the ground to the sheet by means of the plumbing
fork. The point ?O? will represent point ?o? will represent point ?O?on the ground.

Calculations:
The outline of the profile is plotted as shown = ) )( )( ( c s b s a s s ? ? ?
= S

Result:
The object from a single station where located and the enclosed area of the given polygon is
calculated. Area of the polygon ABCDE =

Outcome:
Understood the field computations and measurement



33 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00






1. What are the equipments used in plane tabling?
2. What are the methods of plane tabling?
3. What is leveling?
4. What is the principle of leveling?
5. Mention the types of level.
6. What are vertical controls in setting out works?
7. What are transition curves?
8. Draw a neat sketch showing a simple circular curve and show essential notations.
9. What are the various special conditions confronted in the underground surveys?
10. What is the versed sine of a curved? Express it mathematically.
11. What is mass diagram? Why it is prepared?
12. What is tangent length in a simple curve?
13. What is mid-ordinate in a simple curve?
14. What are the two instruments used for mine surveying
15. How leveling is done using foot screws















Viva - voce


34 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. PLANE TABLE TRAVERSING 08
Aim:
To run survey lines between various field objects by traversing

Instruments Required:
1. Plane table with accessories
2. Tape
3. ranging rods

Diagram:




















35 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Take A, B, C and D are the traverse station.
2. Set table at station A. A suitable point is selected on the sheet in such a way the whole area
may be plotted in the sheet. The table is centered, leveled and clamped. The North line is
marked on the right hand top corner of the sheet.
3. With the alidade touching point a, the ranging rod at B is bisected and ray is drawn. The
distance AB measured and plotted to any suitable scale.
4. The table is shifted and cantered over B. It is then leveled, orientated by back-sighting and
clamped.
5. With the alidade touching point b, the ranging rod at C is bisected and a ray is drawn. The
distance BC is measured and plotted to the same scale.
6. The table is shifted and setup at C and the same procedure is repeated for all stations.
7. In this manner, all station of traverse are connected
8. At the end, the finishing point may not coincide with the starting point and there may be some
closing error .This error is adj usted graphically by Bowditch?s rule.










Result:
The area of the given traverse is = ??????..

Outcome:
Knowing position information for property and structure
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point


24 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Formulae:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First R

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =







Result:
Closing error =
R.L. for the given points =

Outcome:
Knowing error rectify technique about field measurement values.


Staff station B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








25 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the types of traverse?
2. What are variation of declinations
3. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
4. What is plane tabling?
5. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling?
6. What is levelling?
7. How leveling is done using foot screws?
8. What is fly levelling?
9. Name the different types of bench marks.
10. What are the different types of leveling staves?
11. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
12. What is fore sight?
13. What is back sight?
14. What is change point?
15. What is profile levelling?


Viva- voce


26 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 06 LEVELLING - NGITUDINAL SECTIONING LO
AND CROSS SECTIONING
Aim:
To plot the profile of the longitudinal and cross section for an existing road, embankment, etc
Instruments required:
1. Level with tripod
2. Ranging rods
3. Leveling staff
4. Chain
5. Cross staff
6. Arrows
7. Pegs.
Procedure (Longitudinal sectioning):
1. Fix the centre line by ranging and chaining.
2. Set up the instrument at suitable position and do all the initial adjustments.
3. Place the staff at frequent intervals over the central line (say 5m) and enter the readings
correctly.
4. Set the bubble for its centre of run at each and every point.
5. If necessary, shift the instrument to some other place and take B.S as well as F.S. at change
points.
6. Do the calibration to find the R.L. for different points.










27 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Longitudinal sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff station Distance B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks






















28 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Graph:

Procedure (Cross sectioning):
1. Align the centre of the bund using ranging and chaining.
2. Fix the longitudinal intervals along the central line depending upon the nature of ground (say 5
or 10m) and let it be C1,C2,C3???.Cn
3. At each longitudinal interval fix cross section intervals perpendicular to the centre line using
cross staff or optical square to a suitable distance depending upon the nature of slope of the
bund (say 1 to 5m) on each side.
4. Set up the instrument at a suitable position the mostlowest point and most highest point can be
focused.
5. Do all the initial adjustments.
6. Turn the telescope and note down the readings as follows
7. The readings along the centre of the bund is recorded as C1,C2,C3???Cn.
8. The readings taken on right side of the centre line is recorded as R1,R2,R3??.Rn and the left
side as L1,L2,L3?.Ln.
9. Shift the instrument if necessary to some other place. Put change the point and repeat the
above procedure.
10. Find the R.L for each and every point by any one of the method.


29 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Observation:
Cross sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff
station
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks
Left centre right


























30 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
1. The longitudinal and cross section of the given road is thus plotted.
2. Volume of the earth work estimated = ??????.

Outcome
Gain the ability to plot the longitudinal and cross section of roads



1. What is meant by leveling?
2. What is the principle of leveling?
3. What are the types of level?
4. What are the major parts of theodolite?
5. What is Transiting of Telescope?
6. What is face right observations?
7. What is meant by transit?
8. What are the uses of tangential screw provided for the adjustments in a transit theodolite?
9. Write short notes on face left and face right of the theodolite.
10. List out the essential qualities of a theodolite telescope.




















Viva- voce


31 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt . .No 07 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING (RADIATION)
Aim:
To locate the object from a single station and to find the area of the given polygon
Instruments Required:
1. Plane table with stand
2. Tape
3. Trough compass
4. Alidade
5. Spirit level
6. Plumbing fork with plumb bob
7. Arrows
8. Ranging rod and
9. Measuring.
Diagram:


















32 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Theory:
When from a single set of plane table on instrument station different details are located on the sheet,
the method is known as radiation method In this method the rays are drawn from the instrument station
to the point to be located, then the distances are measured from the instruments station to the point and
the position of the each point is plotted on the sheet using a suitable scale.

Procedure:
1. Select the position of the table where it is be set so that all the points to be located are visible
from it. Let ?O? be the position of such a point on the ground.
2. Set the plane table over this point and level it. Draw the North line in the top corner of sheet by
means of trough compass at the table.
3. Draw the ray along the fiducial edge. Measure the distance of this point from the instrument
station by means of tape and plot the point ?a? corresponding to point ?A? in the field to scale in
the sheet.
4. Similarly sight other points such as B, C, D, E etc. and measure their distances from the
instrument station. Plot them to scale to get their position on the sheet such as b, c, d etc. on
the sheet.
5. Now transfer the position of the point ?O? on the ground to the sheet by means of the plumbing
fork. The point ?O? will represent point ?o? will represent point ?O?on the ground.

Calculations:
The outline of the profile is plotted as shown = ) )( )( ( c s b s a s s ? ? ?
= S

Result:
The object from a single station where located and the enclosed area of the given polygon is
calculated. Area of the polygon ABCDE =

Outcome:
Understood the field computations and measurement



33 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00






1. What are the equipments used in plane tabling?
2. What are the methods of plane tabling?
3. What is leveling?
4. What is the principle of leveling?
5. Mention the types of level.
6. What are vertical controls in setting out works?
7. What are transition curves?
8. Draw a neat sketch showing a simple circular curve and show essential notations.
9. What are the various special conditions confronted in the underground surveys?
10. What is the versed sine of a curved? Express it mathematically.
11. What is mass diagram? Why it is prepared?
12. What is tangent length in a simple curve?
13. What is mid-ordinate in a simple curve?
14. What are the two instruments used for mine surveying
15. How leveling is done using foot screws















Viva - voce


34 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. PLANE TABLE TRAVERSING 08
Aim:
To run survey lines between various field objects by traversing

Instruments Required:
1. Plane table with accessories
2. Tape
3. ranging rods

Diagram:




















35 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Take A, B, C and D are the traverse station.
2. Set table at station A. A suitable point is selected on the sheet in such a way the whole area
may be plotted in the sheet. The table is centered, leveled and clamped. The North line is
marked on the right hand top corner of the sheet.
3. With the alidade touching point a, the ranging rod at B is bisected and ray is drawn. The
distance AB measured and plotted to any suitable scale.
4. The table is shifted and cantered over B. It is then leveled, orientated by back-sighting and
clamped.
5. With the alidade touching point b, the ranging rod at C is bisected and a ray is drawn. The
distance BC is measured and plotted to the same scale.
6. The table is shifted and setup at C and the same procedure is repeated for all stations.
7. In this manner, all station of traverse are connected
8. At the end, the finishing point may not coincide with the starting point and there may be some
closing error .This error is adj usted graphically by Bowditch?s rule.










Result:
The area of the given traverse is = ??????..

Outcome:
Knowing position information for property and structure


36 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the accessories of plane tabling?
2. Mention the types of leveling staves.
3. What are back sights and fore sights?
4. What is the height of instrument?
5. What is meant by intermediate sight?
6. What are the temporary adjustments of leveling?
7. What are the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
8. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
9. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as
tripod.
10. What are the errors in a compass instrument?
11. What is true meridian?
12. What is true bearing?
13. What is orientation? Why it is to be performed?
14. What is orientation? Why is it done?
15. What is magnetic meridian?











Viva-voce
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point


24 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Formulae:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First R

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =







Result:
Closing error =
R.L. for the given points =

Outcome:
Knowing error rectify technique about field measurement values.


Staff station B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








25 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the types of traverse?
2. What are variation of declinations
3. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
4. What is plane tabling?
5. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling?
6. What is levelling?
7. How leveling is done using foot screws?
8. What is fly levelling?
9. Name the different types of bench marks.
10. What are the different types of leveling staves?
11. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
12. What is fore sight?
13. What is back sight?
14. What is change point?
15. What is profile levelling?


Viva- voce


26 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 06 LEVELLING - NGITUDINAL SECTIONING LO
AND CROSS SECTIONING
Aim:
To plot the profile of the longitudinal and cross section for an existing road, embankment, etc
Instruments required:
1. Level with tripod
2. Ranging rods
3. Leveling staff
4. Chain
5. Cross staff
6. Arrows
7. Pegs.
Procedure (Longitudinal sectioning):
1. Fix the centre line by ranging and chaining.
2. Set up the instrument at suitable position and do all the initial adjustments.
3. Place the staff at frequent intervals over the central line (say 5m) and enter the readings
correctly.
4. Set the bubble for its centre of run at each and every point.
5. If necessary, shift the instrument to some other place and take B.S as well as F.S. at change
points.
6. Do the calibration to find the R.L. for different points.










27 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Longitudinal sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff station Distance B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks






















28 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Graph:

Procedure (Cross sectioning):
1. Align the centre of the bund using ranging and chaining.
2. Fix the longitudinal intervals along the central line depending upon the nature of ground (say 5
or 10m) and let it be C1,C2,C3???.Cn
3. At each longitudinal interval fix cross section intervals perpendicular to the centre line using
cross staff or optical square to a suitable distance depending upon the nature of slope of the
bund (say 1 to 5m) on each side.
4. Set up the instrument at a suitable position the mostlowest point and most highest point can be
focused.
5. Do all the initial adjustments.
6. Turn the telescope and note down the readings as follows
7. The readings along the centre of the bund is recorded as C1,C2,C3???Cn.
8. The readings taken on right side of the centre line is recorded as R1,R2,R3??.Rn and the left
side as L1,L2,L3?.Ln.
9. Shift the instrument if necessary to some other place. Put change the point and repeat the
above procedure.
10. Find the R.L for each and every point by any one of the method.


29 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Observation:
Cross sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff
station
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks
Left centre right


























30 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
1. The longitudinal and cross section of the given road is thus plotted.
2. Volume of the earth work estimated = ??????.

Outcome
Gain the ability to plot the longitudinal and cross section of roads



1. What is meant by leveling?
2. What is the principle of leveling?
3. What are the types of level?
4. What are the major parts of theodolite?
5. What is Transiting of Telescope?
6. What is face right observations?
7. What is meant by transit?
8. What are the uses of tangential screw provided for the adjustments in a transit theodolite?
9. Write short notes on face left and face right of the theodolite.
10. List out the essential qualities of a theodolite telescope.




















Viva- voce


31 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt . .No 07 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING (RADIATION)
Aim:
To locate the object from a single station and to find the area of the given polygon
Instruments Required:
1. Plane table with stand
2. Tape
3. Trough compass
4. Alidade
5. Spirit level
6. Plumbing fork with plumb bob
7. Arrows
8. Ranging rod and
9. Measuring.
Diagram:


















32 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Theory:
When from a single set of plane table on instrument station different details are located on the sheet,
the method is known as radiation method In this method the rays are drawn from the instrument station
to the point to be located, then the distances are measured from the instruments station to the point and
the position of the each point is plotted on the sheet using a suitable scale.

Procedure:
1. Select the position of the table where it is be set so that all the points to be located are visible
from it. Let ?O? be the position of such a point on the ground.
2. Set the plane table over this point and level it. Draw the North line in the top corner of sheet by
means of trough compass at the table.
3. Draw the ray along the fiducial edge. Measure the distance of this point from the instrument
station by means of tape and plot the point ?a? corresponding to point ?A? in the field to scale in
the sheet.
4. Similarly sight other points such as B, C, D, E etc. and measure their distances from the
instrument station. Plot them to scale to get their position on the sheet such as b, c, d etc. on
the sheet.
5. Now transfer the position of the point ?O? on the ground to the sheet by means of the plumbing
fork. The point ?O? will represent point ?o? will represent point ?O?on the ground.

Calculations:
The outline of the profile is plotted as shown = ) )( )( ( c s b s a s s ? ? ?
= S

Result:
The object from a single station where located and the enclosed area of the given polygon is
calculated. Area of the polygon ABCDE =

Outcome:
Understood the field computations and measurement



33 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00






1. What are the equipments used in plane tabling?
2. What are the methods of plane tabling?
3. What is leveling?
4. What is the principle of leveling?
5. Mention the types of level.
6. What are vertical controls in setting out works?
7. What are transition curves?
8. Draw a neat sketch showing a simple circular curve and show essential notations.
9. What are the various special conditions confronted in the underground surveys?
10. What is the versed sine of a curved? Express it mathematically.
11. What is mass diagram? Why it is prepared?
12. What is tangent length in a simple curve?
13. What is mid-ordinate in a simple curve?
14. What are the two instruments used for mine surveying
15. How leveling is done using foot screws















Viva - voce


34 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. PLANE TABLE TRAVERSING 08
Aim:
To run survey lines between various field objects by traversing

Instruments Required:
1. Plane table with accessories
2. Tape
3. ranging rods

Diagram:




















35 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Take A, B, C and D are the traverse station.
2. Set table at station A. A suitable point is selected on the sheet in such a way the whole area
may be plotted in the sheet. The table is centered, leveled and clamped. The North line is
marked on the right hand top corner of the sheet.
3. With the alidade touching point a, the ranging rod at B is bisected and ray is drawn. The
distance AB measured and plotted to any suitable scale.
4. The table is shifted and cantered over B. It is then leveled, orientated by back-sighting and
clamped.
5. With the alidade touching point b, the ranging rod at C is bisected and a ray is drawn. The
distance BC is measured and plotted to the same scale.
6. The table is shifted and setup at C and the same procedure is repeated for all stations.
7. In this manner, all station of traverse are connected
8. At the end, the finishing point may not coincide with the starting point and there may be some
closing error .This error is adj usted graphically by Bowditch?s rule.










Result:
The area of the given traverse is = ??????..

Outcome:
Knowing position information for property and structure


36 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the accessories of plane tabling?
2. Mention the types of leveling staves.
3. What are back sights and fore sights?
4. What is the height of instrument?
5. What is meant by intermediate sight?
6. What are the temporary adjustments of leveling?
7. What are the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
8. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
9. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as
tripod.
10. What are the errors in a compass instrument?
11. What is true meridian?
12. What is true bearing?
13. What is orientation? Why it is to be performed?
14. What is orientation? Why is it done?
15. What is magnetic meridian?











Viva-voce


37 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No AREA CALCULATION B USING . 09 Y
TOTAL STATION

Aim:
Measure the area of given boundary points by using Total Station.
Apparatus Required:
1. Total Station and tripod
2. Prism and prism rod
3. Arrows

Diagram:


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point


24 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Formulae:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First R

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =







Result:
Closing error =
R.L. for the given points =

Outcome:
Knowing error rectify technique about field measurement values.


Staff station B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








25 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the types of traverse?
2. What are variation of declinations
3. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
4. What is plane tabling?
5. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling?
6. What is levelling?
7. How leveling is done using foot screws?
8. What is fly levelling?
9. Name the different types of bench marks.
10. What are the different types of leveling staves?
11. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
12. What is fore sight?
13. What is back sight?
14. What is change point?
15. What is profile levelling?


Viva- voce


26 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 06 LEVELLING - NGITUDINAL SECTIONING LO
AND CROSS SECTIONING
Aim:
To plot the profile of the longitudinal and cross section for an existing road, embankment, etc
Instruments required:
1. Level with tripod
2. Ranging rods
3. Leveling staff
4. Chain
5. Cross staff
6. Arrows
7. Pegs.
Procedure (Longitudinal sectioning):
1. Fix the centre line by ranging and chaining.
2. Set up the instrument at suitable position and do all the initial adjustments.
3. Place the staff at frequent intervals over the central line (say 5m) and enter the readings
correctly.
4. Set the bubble for its centre of run at each and every point.
5. If necessary, shift the instrument to some other place and take B.S as well as F.S. at change
points.
6. Do the calibration to find the R.L. for different points.










27 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Longitudinal sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff station Distance B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks






















28 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Graph:

Procedure (Cross sectioning):
1. Align the centre of the bund using ranging and chaining.
2. Fix the longitudinal intervals along the central line depending upon the nature of ground (say 5
or 10m) and let it be C1,C2,C3???.Cn
3. At each longitudinal interval fix cross section intervals perpendicular to the centre line using
cross staff or optical square to a suitable distance depending upon the nature of slope of the
bund (say 1 to 5m) on each side.
4. Set up the instrument at a suitable position the mostlowest point and most highest point can be
focused.
5. Do all the initial adjustments.
6. Turn the telescope and note down the readings as follows
7. The readings along the centre of the bund is recorded as C1,C2,C3???Cn.
8. The readings taken on right side of the centre line is recorded as R1,R2,R3??.Rn and the left
side as L1,L2,L3?.Ln.
9. Shift the instrument if necessary to some other place. Put change the point and repeat the
above procedure.
10. Find the R.L for each and every point by any one of the method.


29 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Observation:
Cross sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff
station
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks
Left centre right


























30 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
1. The longitudinal and cross section of the given road is thus plotted.
2. Volume of the earth work estimated = ??????.

Outcome
Gain the ability to plot the longitudinal and cross section of roads



1. What is meant by leveling?
2. What is the principle of leveling?
3. What are the types of level?
4. What are the major parts of theodolite?
5. What is Transiting of Telescope?
6. What is face right observations?
7. What is meant by transit?
8. What are the uses of tangential screw provided for the adjustments in a transit theodolite?
9. Write short notes on face left and face right of the theodolite.
10. List out the essential qualities of a theodolite telescope.




















Viva- voce


31 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt . .No 07 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING (RADIATION)
Aim:
To locate the object from a single station and to find the area of the given polygon
Instruments Required:
1. Plane table with stand
2. Tape
3. Trough compass
4. Alidade
5. Spirit level
6. Plumbing fork with plumb bob
7. Arrows
8. Ranging rod and
9. Measuring.
Diagram:


















32 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Theory:
When from a single set of plane table on instrument station different details are located on the sheet,
the method is known as radiation method In this method the rays are drawn from the instrument station
to the point to be located, then the distances are measured from the instruments station to the point and
the position of the each point is plotted on the sheet using a suitable scale.

Procedure:
1. Select the position of the table where it is be set so that all the points to be located are visible
from it. Let ?O? be the position of such a point on the ground.
2. Set the plane table over this point and level it. Draw the North line in the top corner of sheet by
means of trough compass at the table.
3. Draw the ray along the fiducial edge. Measure the distance of this point from the instrument
station by means of tape and plot the point ?a? corresponding to point ?A? in the field to scale in
the sheet.
4. Similarly sight other points such as B, C, D, E etc. and measure their distances from the
instrument station. Plot them to scale to get their position on the sheet such as b, c, d etc. on
the sheet.
5. Now transfer the position of the point ?O? on the ground to the sheet by means of the plumbing
fork. The point ?O? will represent point ?o? will represent point ?O?on the ground.

Calculations:
The outline of the profile is plotted as shown = ) )( )( ( c s b s a s s ? ? ?
= S

Result:
The object from a single station where located and the enclosed area of the given polygon is
calculated. Area of the polygon ABCDE =

Outcome:
Understood the field computations and measurement



33 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00






1. What are the equipments used in plane tabling?
2. What are the methods of plane tabling?
3. What is leveling?
4. What is the principle of leveling?
5. Mention the types of level.
6. What are vertical controls in setting out works?
7. What are transition curves?
8. Draw a neat sketch showing a simple circular curve and show essential notations.
9. What are the various special conditions confronted in the underground surveys?
10. What is the versed sine of a curved? Express it mathematically.
11. What is mass diagram? Why it is prepared?
12. What is tangent length in a simple curve?
13. What is mid-ordinate in a simple curve?
14. What are the two instruments used for mine surveying
15. How leveling is done using foot screws















Viva - voce


34 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. PLANE TABLE TRAVERSING 08
Aim:
To run survey lines between various field objects by traversing

Instruments Required:
1. Plane table with accessories
2. Tape
3. ranging rods

Diagram:




















35 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Take A, B, C and D are the traverse station.
2. Set table at station A. A suitable point is selected on the sheet in such a way the whole area
may be plotted in the sheet. The table is centered, leveled and clamped. The North line is
marked on the right hand top corner of the sheet.
3. With the alidade touching point a, the ranging rod at B is bisected and ray is drawn. The
distance AB measured and plotted to any suitable scale.
4. The table is shifted and cantered over B. It is then leveled, orientated by back-sighting and
clamped.
5. With the alidade touching point b, the ranging rod at C is bisected and a ray is drawn. The
distance BC is measured and plotted to the same scale.
6. The table is shifted and setup at C and the same procedure is repeated for all stations.
7. In this manner, all station of traverse are connected
8. At the end, the finishing point may not coincide with the starting point and there may be some
closing error .This error is adj usted graphically by Bowditch?s rule.










Result:
The area of the given traverse is = ??????..

Outcome:
Knowing position information for property and structure


36 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the accessories of plane tabling?
2. Mention the types of leveling staves.
3. What are back sights and fore sights?
4. What is the height of instrument?
5. What is meant by intermediate sight?
6. What are the temporary adjustments of leveling?
7. What are the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
8. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
9. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as
tripod.
10. What are the errors in a compass instrument?
11. What is true meridian?
12. What is true bearing?
13. What is orientation? Why it is to be performed?
14. What is orientation? Why is it done?
15. What is magnetic meridian?











Viva-voce


37 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No AREA CALCULATION B USING . 09 Y
TOTAL STATION

Aim:
Measure the area of given boundary points by using Total Station.
Apparatus Required:
1. Total Station and tripod
2. Prism and prism rod
3. Arrows

Diagram:




38 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Set the instrument at the station point which the point covers all boundary points.
2. Do the temporary adjustments in the instrument and level it properly.
3. Set the prism height and enter the prism height value in Total Station.
4. Consider all boundary points in closed traverse.
5. Select the area measurement option and bisect the boundary points with the help of prism.
6. Take readings from all boundary points and directly found the area from Total Station.
















Result:
The area of the given field = -------------- measured by Total Station.

Outcome
Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance.

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point


24 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Formulae:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First R

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =







Result:
Closing error =
R.L. for the given points =

Outcome:
Knowing error rectify technique about field measurement values.


Staff station B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








25 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the types of traverse?
2. What are variation of declinations
3. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
4. What is plane tabling?
5. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling?
6. What is levelling?
7. How leveling is done using foot screws?
8. What is fly levelling?
9. Name the different types of bench marks.
10. What are the different types of leveling staves?
11. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
12. What is fore sight?
13. What is back sight?
14. What is change point?
15. What is profile levelling?


Viva- voce


26 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 06 LEVELLING - NGITUDINAL SECTIONING LO
AND CROSS SECTIONING
Aim:
To plot the profile of the longitudinal and cross section for an existing road, embankment, etc
Instruments required:
1. Level with tripod
2. Ranging rods
3. Leveling staff
4. Chain
5. Cross staff
6. Arrows
7. Pegs.
Procedure (Longitudinal sectioning):
1. Fix the centre line by ranging and chaining.
2. Set up the instrument at suitable position and do all the initial adjustments.
3. Place the staff at frequent intervals over the central line (say 5m) and enter the readings
correctly.
4. Set the bubble for its centre of run at each and every point.
5. If necessary, shift the instrument to some other place and take B.S as well as F.S. at change
points.
6. Do the calibration to find the R.L. for different points.










27 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Longitudinal sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff station Distance B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks






















28 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Graph:

Procedure (Cross sectioning):
1. Align the centre of the bund using ranging and chaining.
2. Fix the longitudinal intervals along the central line depending upon the nature of ground (say 5
or 10m) and let it be C1,C2,C3???.Cn
3. At each longitudinal interval fix cross section intervals perpendicular to the centre line using
cross staff or optical square to a suitable distance depending upon the nature of slope of the
bund (say 1 to 5m) on each side.
4. Set up the instrument at a suitable position the mostlowest point and most highest point can be
focused.
5. Do all the initial adjustments.
6. Turn the telescope and note down the readings as follows
7. The readings along the centre of the bund is recorded as C1,C2,C3???Cn.
8. The readings taken on right side of the centre line is recorded as R1,R2,R3??.Rn and the left
side as L1,L2,L3?.Ln.
9. Shift the instrument if necessary to some other place. Put change the point and repeat the
above procedure.
10. Find the R.L for each and every point by any one of the method.


29 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Observation:
Cross sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff
station
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks
Left centre right


























30 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
1. The longitudinal and cross section of the given road is thus plotted.
2. Volume of the earth work estimated = ??????.

Outcome
Gain the ability to plot the longitudinal and cross section of roads



1. What is meant by leveling?
2. What is the principle of leveling?
3. What are the types of level?
4. What are the major parts of theodolite?
5. What is Transiting of Telescope?
6. What is face right observations?
7. What is meant by transit?
8. What are the uses of tangential screw provided for the adjustments in a transit theodolite?
9. Write short notes on face left and face right of the theodolite.
10. List out the essential qualities of a theodolite telescope.




















Viva- voce


31 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt . .No 07 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING (RADIATION)
Aim:
To locate the object from a single station and to find the area of the given polygon
Instruments Required:
1. Plane table with stand
2. Tape
3. Trough compass
4. Alidade
5. Spirit level
6. Plumbing fork with plumb bob
7. Arrows
8. Ranging rod and
9. Measuring.
Diagram:


















32 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Theory:
When from a single set of plane table on instrument station different details are located on the sheet,
the method is known as radiation method In this method the rays are drawn from the instrument station
to the point to be located, then the distances are measured from the instruments station to the point and
the position of the each point is plotted on the sheet using a suitable scale.

Procedure:
1. Select the position of the table where it is be set so that all the points to be located are visible
from it. Let ?O? be the position of such a point on the ground.
2. Set the plane table over this point and level it. Draw the North line in the top corner of sheet by
means of trough compass at the table.
3. Draw the ray along the fiducial edge. Measure the distance of this point from the instrument
station by means of tape and plot the point ?a? corresponding to point ?A? in the field to scale in
the sheet.
4. Similarly sight other points such as B, C, D, E etc. and measure their distances from the
instrument station. Plot them to scale to get their position on the sheet such as b, c, d etc. on
the sheet.
5. Now transfer the position of the point ?O? on the ground to the sheet by means of the plumbing
fork. The point ?O? will represent point ?o? will represent point ?O?on the ground.

Calculations:
The outline of the profile is plotted as shown = ) )( )( ( c s b s a s s ? ? ?
= S

Result:
The object from a single station where located and the enclosed area of the given polygon is
calculated. Area of the polygon ABCDE =

Outcome:
Understood the field computations and measurement



33 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00






1. What are the equipments used in plane tabling?
2. What are the methods of plane tabling?
3. What is leveling?
4. What is the principle of leveling?
5. Mention the types of level.
6. What are vertical controls in setting out works?
7. What are transition curves?
8. Draw a neat sketch showing a simple circular curve and show essential notations.
9. What are the various special conditions confronted in the underground surveys?
10. What is the versed sine of a curved? Express it mathematically.
11. What is mass diagram? Why it is prepared?
12. What is tangent length in a simple curve?
13. What is mid-ordinate in a simple curve?
14. What are the two instruments used for mine surveying
15. How leveling is done using foot screws















Viva - voce


34 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. PLANE TABLE TRAVERSING 08
Aim:
To run survey lines between various field objects by traversing

Instruments Required:
1. Plane table with accessories
2. Tape
3. ranging rods

Diagram:




















35 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Take A, B, C and D are the traverse station.
2. Set table at station A. A suitable point is selected on the sheet in such a way the whole area
may be plotted in the sheet. The table is centered, leveled and clamped. The North line is
marked on the right hand top corner of the sheet.
3. With the alidade touching point a, the ranging rod at B is bisected and ray is drawn. The
distance AB measured and plotted to any suitable scale.
4. The table is shifted and cantered over B. It is then leveled, orientated by back-sighting and
clamped.
5. With the alidade touching point b, the ranging rod at C is bisected and a ray is drawn. The
distance BC is measured and plotted to the same scale.
6. The table is shifted and setup at C and the same procedure is repeated for all stations.
7. In this manner, all station of traverse are connected
8. At the end, the finishing point may not coincide with the starting point and there may be some
closing error .This error is adj usted graphically by Bowditch?s rule.










Result:
The area of the given traverse is = ??????..

Outcome:
Knowing position information for property and structure


36 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the accessories of plane tabling?
2. Mention the types of leveling staves.
3. What are back sights and fore sights?
4. What is the height of instrument?
5. What is meant by intermediate sight?
6. What are the temporary adjustments of leveling?
7. What are the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
8. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
9. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as
tripod.
10. What are the errors in a compass instrument?
11. What is true meridian?
12. What is true bearing?
13. What is orientation? Why it is to be performed?
14. What is orientation? Why is it done?
15. What is magnetic meridian?











Viva-voce


37 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No AREA CALCULATION B USING . 09 Y
TOTAL STATION

Aim:
Measure the area of given boundary points by using Total Station.
Apparatus Required:
1. Total Station and tripod
2. Prism and prism rod
3. Arrows

Diagram:




38 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Set the instrument at the station point which the point covers all boundary points.
2. Do the temporary adjustments in the instrument and level it properly.
3. Set the prism height and enter the prism height value in Total Station.
4. Consider all boundary points in closed traverse.
5. Select the area measurement option and bisect the boundary points with the help of prism.
6. Take readings from all boundary points and directly found the area from Total Station.
















Result:
The area of the given field = -------------- measured by Total Station.

Outcome
Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance.



39 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00






1. What is meant by Contour Gradient?
2. What are the classification of Total station?
3. What are the different methods of contouring?
4. What are LS and CS?
5. What are the parts of total station?
6. What is meant by vertical axis?
7. What is meant by Horizontal axis?
8. What is meant by line of sight / line of collimation?
9. What is meant by axis of level tube?
10. What is meant by centering?
11. What is meant by transiting?
12. What is meant by swinging the telescope?
13. What is meant by telescope normal?
14. What is meant by telescope inverted?
15. What is meant by changing face ?




















Viva- voce
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice
.
, Manimangalam . .






DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE 6512- SURVEY CAMP
V SEMESTER - R 2013
















Name :
Register No. :
Class :


LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY LABORATORY MAN MAN MAN MAN MANUAL UAL UAL UAL UAL


2 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



.


. is committed to provide highly disciplined conscientious ,
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality
education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price
tag on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation so ,
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers capable of providing comprehensive ,
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of of
the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry , on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice.




VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION


3 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics Science and fundamentals of ,
engineering enabling them to apply to find solutions for engineering problems and use this , ,
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions ,
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice
this enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills leadership qualities and team ,
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career



4 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics Science and engineering fundamentals ,
in Civil Engineering field
b) To design a component a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic ,
constraints such as economics environment ethics health safety and manufacturability , , , ,
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems
e) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large
h) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams







5 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CE 6512 SURVEY CAMP ?

SYLLABUS



1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equipments
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of area by triangulation method
2. Determination of area by trilateration method
3. Grid contouring
4. Radial contouring
5. Check leveling
6. Leveling CS and LS ?
7. Plane table surveying radiation method
8. Area calculation by using total station.




1. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like chain, compass and have adequate knowledge to carryout Triangulation and
area calculation including general field marking for various engineering projects and curves
setting.
2. Students completing this course would have acquired practical knowledge on handling survey
instruments like Theodolite, Tacheometery and Total station and have adequate knowledge to
carryout Triangulation and Astronomical surveying .






COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECT COURSE OBJECTIVES IVES IVES IVES IVES
COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOM COURSE OUTCOMES ES ES ES ES


6 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



CONTENTS

Sl.No. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
CYCLE 1 EXPERIMENTS ?
1 Determination of area by triangulation method 7
2 Determination of area by trilateration method 12
3 Grid contouring 17
4 Radial contouring 20
5 Check leveling 23
CYCLE 2 EXPERIMENTS ?
6
Levelling CS and LS ?
26
7

Plane table surveying radiation method
31
8

Plane table surveying traversing method
34
9

Area calculation by using total station.
37







7 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 01 DETERMINATION OF AREA BY TRIANGULATION
Aim:
To determine the area of the given plot using the method of triangulation
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Tape
4. Arrow
Theory:
Triangulation is the process of establishing horizontal control in the surveying. The triangulation
system consists of number of inter connected triangles in which the length of the base line and the
triangle are measured very precisely.

Diagram:







8 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Select the base line and mark as P and Q at 25m distance apart.
2. Select the other station points namely A,B,C,D around the base line PQ
3. Fix the ranging rods at each point and now the instrument is placed over the station P and all
other adjustments are made.
4. Then from P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
5. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
6. Shift the instrument to station Q and the initial adjustments are done.
7. Repeat the same procedure carried out at the station P and the angles were recorded.
8. From P the ranging rod at the station Q is sighted and angles were noted keeping the
instrument.
9. At face left similarly from station P sight all the other points and the angles were measured. After
that the angles were noted by changing the face of the instrument to face right.
10. Calculate the interior angles and drawings are drawn. Area are calculated using the formula


Formulae:
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?
? ?
?
? ? ? ?

For calculating the sides of a triangle,
AB
2
= AC
2
+ BC
2
? 2*AC*BC*cos?
? is the angle between ACB
Area:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle




9 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Instrument
sight
Sight
to
Face left swing right Face right swing left Total
mean A B mean A B mean
* ? ?? ? ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * ? ? * * ? ?
S1
A
B
S2
G
H



Calculation:
In Triangle S
1
S
2
B:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
?? ?
? ? ? ? ?

BS2 = m
Sb1 = m

s =
???? ???
?
? ? ?A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2
In Triangle S2S3C:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

CS2 = 80.23m
CS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1S2G:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
? ??
? ? ? ? ?

GS1 = m
GS2 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2



10 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S2S3F:
?
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?
? ?
???
? ? ? ? ?

FS2 = m
FS3 = m
s =
???? ???
?
? ? ? ? ? ? ?
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle BS2C:

BC
2
= BS 2
2
+ CS2
2
2*BS ? 2 * CS 2 COS
BC
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


In Triangle S2GF:

GF
2
= FS2
2
+ GS 2
2
2*FS ? 2 * CS2COS?
GF
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

In Triangle S1GH:
GH
2
= HS1
2
+ GS 1
2
2*HS ? 1 * GS1COS?
GH
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2

In Triangle S1AB:
AB
2
= AS 1
2
+ BS1
2
2*AS ? 1 * BS1COS?
AB
2
=
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2




11 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



In Triangle S1AH:
S 1= 30m
HS1= 52.5m
s =
???? ???
?
= m
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? = m
2


TOTAL AREA = 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 (TRIANGLE VALUE)
TOTAL AREA = m
2

Result:
The area of the given plot = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What is surveying?
2. What are the types of surveying? What are the primary divisions of surveying?
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. What is meant by tie stations
5. What are check lines?
6. What are the uses of contours?
7. What is different between fore bearing and back bearing?
8. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
9. How will you test a chain?
10. Differentiate metric chain from engineer's chains.
11. What is meant by reconnaissance survey?
12. What is representative fraction?
13. What is meant by scale of plan?
14. What is a well conditional triangle?
15. What do you mean by scale in surveying?

Viva - voce


12 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 02 ( DETERMINATION OF AREA TRILATERATION )
Aim:
To determine the distance between the given station points using the method of trilateration and area
enclosed by the station points
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Cross staff
5. Arrows
6. Pegs
Theory:
Trilateration is the method of calculating the distance between the station points by running a closed
traverse

Diagram:






13 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Mark the given points A, B, C, D, E by using peg or arrows in such a way that it is possible to
see those points from any point
2. Place the instrument in such a way that it is centre to all the points and also visible from the
selected points.
3. The initial adjustment are done for accuracy in the survey
4. Then the point A is forced and then the vertical angle and the top, middle and top hair readings
are taken by placing the leveling staff at point A.
5. Take the vertical and the top, middle and the top hair reading for all the given points.
6. Then the instrument is set any point and the distance and the vertical angle between the
adjacent points are taken.
7. Thus we get a polygon whose sides are known or multiple triangle whose sides are drawn
8. By using the given dimensions and by using the triangle formulas the area can be calculated

Formula used:
Horizontal distance
D = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
K = multiple constants =100
C= additive constants = 0
S = staff intercept (top hair bottom hair) ?
Area Of The Triangle:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?
s =
???? ???
?
,
Where,
a, b and c are sides of a triangle

Observation:
Horizontal distance = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
Where C=0
OA = KS COS
2
? + C COS?



14 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



STATION PT
SIGHT
TO
STADIA HAIR READING
VERTICAL
POINT
VERTICAL ANGLE
TOP MIDDLE BOTTOM
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
F
E
D
F
C
D
B


Calculation:
OC = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OC=
OD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OD=
OE = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OE=
OF= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
OF=
AB= KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
AF=
ED = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
ED=
EF = KS COS
2
? + C COS?


15 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



EF =
CD = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CD=
CB = KS COS
2
? + C COS?
CB=
To find the area:
In Triangle AOB:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
=
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle BOC:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle COD:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle DOE:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=
In Triangle EOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =
s =
???? ???
?
=

In Triangle AOF:
A= ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? =

s =
???? ???
?
=


16 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



TOATAL AREA = A 1 +A2 + A 3 + A4+ A5 +A 6
A =

Result:
The area of the given plot is = m
2
Outcome:
Gain the ability to calculate area in wide field



1. What are optical square?
2. What are the well-conditioned and ill conditioned triangles?
3. Mention different types of compasses?
4. What is meant by ranging
5. What is theodolite?
6. What is change point?
7. What is profile levelling?
8. What are the major parts of a theodolite?
9. What do you mean by latitude and departure in a theodolite traversing?
10. What is mean by parallax?
11. Name the temporary adjustments in a transit.
12. Define the term ?transiting of telescope?.
13. What are the various methods of balancing a traverse?
14. State the location and function of a plate bubble in a theodolite.
15. What are latitude and departure? What are their sign conventions?






Viva-voce


17 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 03 GRID CONTOURING

Aim:
To draw the contour map for the given area
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite with tripod stand
2. Ranging rod
3. Leveling staff
4. Arrows
5. Cross staff
6. Tape or chain
Theory:
A map without relief representation is simply a plan on which relative positions of details are only
shown in horizontal phase. Relative heights of various points on the map may be represented by one of
the methods of contour
Diagram:





18 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. The site for block contouring is selected by through study. The dimension of block counter size
is selected accordingly.
2. Then the area is divided into blocks of the size 3m*3m by using cross staff, chain and ranging
rod.
3. The instrument is placed in such a place where maximum reading can be taken on the
intersection points
4. Change points are provided wherever needed. After taking the readings, the RL of each point is
calculated by height of collimation method or by rise and fall method.
5. All reduced levels are plotted in A2 drawing sheet of suitable scale.
Observation:
STATION X Y B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L REMARKS
0,0 0 0
5,0 5 0
10,0 10 0
15,0 15 0
20,0 20 0
25,0 25 0
30,0 30 0
0,5 0 5
5,5 5 5
10,5 10 5
15,5 15 5
20,5 20 5
25,5 25 5
30,5 30 5
0,10 0 10
5,10 5 10
10,10 10 10
15,10 15 10


19 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



20,10 20 10
25,10 25 10
30,10 30 10
0,15 0 15
5,15 5 15
10,15 10 15

Result:
The block size of 3m*3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered.
Smooth curves of various lines were drawn connecting points of equal elevation and the contour map
was prepared.

Outcome
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps


1. What is surveyor chain?
2. What are the types of bearing and meridian
3. What are errors in chaining?
4. What are errors in chaining?
5. What are the different types of chain?
6. What is dip?
7. How can you eliminate the dip?
8. What are thedifferent types of bench marks.
9. What is ?Contour interval? and ?horizontal equivalent??
10. What is profile leveling? State its application.
11. Why the necessity of making, balancing of backsights and foresights.
12. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
13. What is meant by the term contour gradient?
14. What are the different types of leveling staves?
15. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
Viva- voce


20 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No: 04 RADIAL CONTOURING

Aim:
To prepare contour map for the given area.
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rod
3. Chains
4. Arrows
5. Pegs
Diagram:


Theory:
This method is suitable for countering the area of long strip undulations where direct chaining is
difficult.
Procedure:
1. Range out the radial line from a common centre at known angular interval.
2. Fix arrows on the radial lines at equal distances of 3m or 5m.
3. Set up the instrument at any convenient place to cover the maximum points.


21 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



4. Hold the leveling staff in the place of arrows.
5. Note down the vertical angels and the hair readings and enter it correctly.
6. Repeat the same procedure for other radial lines.
7. Similarly shift the instrument s tat ion to other convenient place and c over the entire
Formulae:
Reduced level of the instrument = Bench mark + staff reading on bench mark Height ?
Horizontal distance=D=KS cos
2
? +cos ?
S - Staff intercepts
Vertical distance = D tan ?
Observation:
Instrument
AT
Bearing in
Degree
Sight
To
Horisontal
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








O











0
100 B.M




30?









60?






90?







120?






22 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
The block size of 3mx3m was drawn and reduced level at each intersection was entered. Smooth
curves of various lines were drawn connecting point of equal elevation and the contour map was
prepared.

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about drawing and plotting of contour maps.



1. What is local attraction?
2. How local attraction can be detected?
3. What are the types of traverse?
4. What is meant by variation of declinations
5. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
6. What are the objects of preparing a contour map?
7. What is meant by contour gradient? Where it is used?
8. In some, contour lines are closer. In some, they are wide for the same contour interval. What
does it mean?
9. Why the horizontal equivalent is not constant?
10. How to calculate earthwork using contours?
11. How will you differentiate a summit from a depression by studying the nature of the contour?
12. What is meant by Contour Line?
13. What is Contour Interval?
14. What is meant by Horizontal Equivalent?
15. What are the different types of Bench marks?





Viva- voce


23 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No.05 CHECK LEVELLING
Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points
Apparatus required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Tripod
3. Staff
Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point
as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the
last required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point


24 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Formulae:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First R

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =







Result:
Closing error =
R.L. for the given points =

Outcome:
Knowing error rectify technique about field measurement values.


Staff station B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks








25 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the types of traverse?
2. What are variation of declinations
3. What is different between magnetic bearing and true bearing?
4. What is plane tabling?
5. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling?
6. What is levelling?
7. How leveling is done using foot screws?
8. What is fly levelling?
9. Name the different types of bench marks.
10. What are the different types of leveling staves?
11. What is horizontal equivalent? Why is it constant?
12. What is fore sight?
13. What is back sight?
14. What is change point?
15. What is profile levelling?


Viva- voce


26 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. 06 LEVELLING - NGITUDINAL SECTIONING LO
AND CROSS SECTIONING
Aim:
To plot the profile of the longitudinal and cross section for an existing road, embankment, etc
Instruments required:
1. Level with tripod
2. Ranging rods
3. Leveling staff
4. Chain
5. Cross staff
6. Arrows
7. Pegs.
Procedure (Longitudinal sectioning):
1. Fix the centre line by ranging and chaining.
2. Set up the instrument at suitable position and do all the initial adjustments.
3. Place the staff at frequent intervals over the central line (say 5m) and enter the readings
correctly.
4. Set the bubble for its centre of run at each and every point.
5. If necessary, shift the instrument to some other place and take B.S as well as F.S. at change
points.
6. Do the calibration to find the R.L. for different points.










27 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Observation:
Longitudinal sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff station Distance B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks






















28 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Graph:

Procedure (Cross sectioning):
1. Align the centre of the bund using ranging and chaining.
2. Fix the longitudinal intervals along the central line depending upon the nature of ground (say 5
or 10m) and let it be C1,C2,C3???.Cn
3. At each longitudinal interval fix cross section intervals perpendicular to the centre line using
cross staff or optical square to a suitable distance depending upon the nature of slope of the
bund (say 1 to 5m) on each side.
4. Set up the instrument at a suitable position the mostlowest point and most highest point can be
focused.
5. Do all the initial adjustments.
6. Turn the telescope and note down the readings as follows
7. The readings along the centre of the bund is recorded as C1,C2,C3???Cn.
8. The readings taken on right side of the centre line is recorded as R1,R2,R3??.Rn and the left
side as L1,L2,L3?.Ln.
9. Shift the instrument if necessary to some other place. Put change the point and repeat the
above procedure.
10. Find the R.L for each and every point by any one of the method.


29 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




Observation:
Cross sectioning:
Reduced level of the first point =???????..

Staff
station
Distance
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks
Left centre right


























30 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Result:
1. The longitudinal and cross section of the given road is thus plotted.
2. Volume of the earth work estimated = ??????.

Outcome
Gain the ability to plot the longitudinal and cross section of roads



1. What is meant by leveling?
2. What is the principle of leveling?
3. What are the types of level?
4. What are the major parts of theodolite?
5. What is Transiting of Telescope?
6. What is face right observations?
7. What is meant by transit?
8. What are the uses of tangential screw provided for the adjustments in a transit theodolite?
9. Write short notes on face left and face right of the theodolite.
10. List out the essential qualities of a theodolite telescope.




















Viva- voce


31 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt . .No 07 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING (RADIATION)
Aim:
To locate the object from a single station and to find the area of the given polygon
Instruments Required:
1. Plane table with stand
2. Tape
3. Trough compass
4. Alidade
5. Spirit level
6. Plumbing fork with plumb bob
7. Arrows
8. Ranging rod and
9. Measuring.
Diagram:


















32 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Theory:
When from a single set of plane table on instrument station different details are located on the sheet,
the method is known as radiation method In this method the rays are drawn from the instrument station
to the point to be located, then the distances are measured from the instruments station to the point and
the position of the each point is plotted on the sheet using a suitable scale.

Procedure:
1. Select the position of the table where it is be set so that all the points to be located are visible
from it. Let ?O? be the position of such a point on the ground.
2. Set the plane table over this point and level it. Draw the North line in the top corner of sheet by
means of trough compass at the table.
3. Draw the ray along the fiducial edge. Measure the distance of this point from the instrument
station by means of tape and plot the point ?a? corresponding to point ?A? in the field to scale in
the sheet.
4. Similarly sight other points such as B, C, D, E etc. and measure their distances from the
instrument station. Plot them to scale to get their position on the sheet such as b, c, d etc. on
the sheet.
5. Now transfer the position of the point ?O? on the ground to the sheet by means of the plumbing
fork. The point ?O? will represent point ?o? will represent point ?O?on the ground.

Calculations:
The outline of the profile is plotted as shown = ) )( )( ( c s b s a s s ? ? ?
= S

Result:
The object from a single station where located and the enclosed area of the given polygon is
calculated. Area of the polygon ABCDE =

Outcome:
Understood the field computations and measurement



33 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00






1. What are the equipments used in plane tabling?
2. What are the methods of plane tabling?
3. What is leveling?
4. What is the principle of leveling?
5. Mention the types of level.
6. What are vertical controls in setting out works?
7. What are transition curves?
8. Draw a neat sketch showing a simple circular curve and show essential notations.
9. What are the various special conditions confronted in the underground surveys?
10. What is the versed sine of a curved? Express it mathematically.
11. What is mass diagram? Why it is prepared?
12. What is tangent length in a simple curve?
13. What is mid-ordinate in a simple curve?
14. What are the two instruments used for mine surveying
15. How leveling is done using foot screws















Viva - voce


34 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No. PLANE TABLE TRAVERSING 08
Aim:
To run survey lines between various field objects by traversing

Instruments Required:
1. Plane table with accessories
2. Tape
3. ranging rods

Diagram:




















35 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Take A, B, C and D are the traverse station.
2. Set table at station A. A suitable point is selected on the sheet in such a way the whole area
may be plotted in the sheet. The table is centered, leveled and clamped. The North line is
marked on the right hand top corner of the sheet.
3. With the alidade touching point a, the ranging rod at B is bisected and ray is drawn. The
distance AB measured and plotted to any suitable scale.
4. The table is shifted and cantered over B. It is then leveled, orientated by back-sighting and
clamped.
5. With the alidade touching point b, the ranging rod at C is bisected and a ray is drawn. The
distance BC is measured and plotted to the same scale.
6. The table is shifted and setup at C and the same procedure is repeated for all stations.
7. In this manner, all station of traverse are connected
8. At the end, the finishing point may not coincide with the starting point and there may be some
closing error .This error is adj usted graphically by Bowditch?s rule.










Result:
The area of the given traverse is = ??????..

Outcome:
Knowing position information for property and structure


36 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





1. What are the accessories of plane tabling?
2. Mention the types of leveling staves.
3. What are back sights and fore sights?
4. What is the height of instrument?
5. What is meant by intermediate sight?
6. What are the temporary adjustments of leveling?
7. What are the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
8. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
9. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as
tripod.
10. What are the errors in a compass instrument?
11. What is true meridian?
12. What is true bearing?
13. What is orientation? Why it is to be performed?
14. What is orientation? Why is it done?
15. What is magnetic meridian?











Viva-voce


37 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Expt. No AREA CALCULATION B USING . 09 Y
TOTAL STATION

Aim:
Measure the area of given boundary points by using Total Station.
Apparatus Required:
1. Total Station and tripod
2. Prism and prism rod
3. Arrows

Diagram:




38 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



Procedure:
1. Set the instrument at the station point which the point covers all boundary points.
2. Do the temporary adjustments in the instrument and level it properly.
3. Set the prism height and enter the prism height value in Total Station.
4. Consider all boundary points in closed traverse.
5. Select the area measurement option and bisect the boundary points with the help of prism.
6. Take readings from all boundary points and directly found the area from Total Station.
















Result:
The area of the given field = -------------- measured by Total Station.

Outcome
Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance.



39 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00






1. What is meant by Contour Gradient?
2. What are the classification of Total station?
3. What are the different methods of contouring?
4. What are LS and CS?
5. What are the parts of total station?
6. What is meant by vertical axis?
7. What is meant by Horizontal axis?
8. What is meant by line of sight / line of collimation?
9. What is meant by axis of level tube?
10. What is meant by centering?
11. What is meant by transiting?
12. What is meant by swinging the telescope?
13. What is meant by telescope normal?
14. What is meant by telescope inverted?
15. What is meant by changing face ?




















Viva- voce


40 Format No.:DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice